ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.104
Committed: Sun Dec 20 01:35:55 2015 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
CVS Tags: EV-rel-4_22, rel-4_22
Changes since 1.103: +7 -4 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.104 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.28 (Pod::Simple 3.30)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59     .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{
60     . if \nF \{
61     . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.100 . if !\nF==2 \{
65     . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.104 .TH LIBEV 3 "2015-12-20" "libev-4.20" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
246     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
247     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
248 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
297     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
298     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
299 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
300     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
301     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
302     library in any way.
303     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
304     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
305 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
307 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
308 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
309 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
310     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
311 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
312     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
313     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
314     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
315     .Sp
316     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
317     .Sp
318     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
319     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
320 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
321     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
322     .PD 0
323     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
324     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
325     .PD
326 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
327 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
328     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
329     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
330     version of the library your program was compiled against.
331     .Sp
332 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
333     release version.
334 root 1.47 .Sp
335 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
336 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
337 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
338     not a problem.
339 root 1.9 .Sp
340 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
341 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
342     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344     .Vb 3
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
346     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
347     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
348 root 1.9 .Ve
349 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
350     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
351     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
352     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
353     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
354     a description of the set values.
355 root 1.9 .Sp
356     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
357     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
358     .Sp
359     .Vb 2
360 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
361     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
362 root 1.9 .Ve
363 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
365 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
366     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
367     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
368     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
369     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
370     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
371     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
372 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
373     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
374     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
375 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
376     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
377     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
378     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
379 root 1.10 .Sp
380     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
381 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
382     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
383 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
384 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
385     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
386     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
387     or take some potentially destructive action.
388     .Sp
389     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
390     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
391     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
392 root 1.1 .Sp
393     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
394     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
395     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
396 root 1.9 .Sp
397 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
398 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
399 root 1.9 .Sp
400     .Vb 6
401     \& static void *
402 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
403 root 1.9 \& {
404     \& for (;;)
405     \& {
406     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
407 root 1.60 \&
408 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
409     \& return newptr;
410 root 1.60 \&
411 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
412     \& }
413     \& }
414 root 1.60 \&
415 root 1.9 \& ...
416     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
417     .Ve
418 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
419     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
420 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
421 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
422     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
423 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
424 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
425     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
426     (such as abort).
427 root 1.9 .Sp
428 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
429 root 1.9 .Sp
430     .Vb 6
431     \& static void
432     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
433     \& {
434     \& perror (msg);
435     \& abort ();
436     \& }
437 root 1.60 \&
438 root 1.9 \& ...
439     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
440     .Ve
441 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
442     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
443     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
444     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
445     handlers or random threads.
446     .Sp
447     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
448     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
449     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
450     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
451     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
452     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
453 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
454     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
455     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
456     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
457     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
458 root 1.73 .PP
459     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
460 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
461     do not.
462 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
463     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
464 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
465     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
466     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
467     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
468     .Sp
469     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
470     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
471     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
472     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
473     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
474 root 1.1 .Sp
475     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
476 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
477 root 1.1 .Sp
478 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
479 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
480     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
481     threads anyway).
482     .Sp
483     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
484     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
485     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
486     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
487     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
488     .Sp
489     Example: This is the most typical usage.
490     .Sp
491     .Vb 2
492     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
493     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
494     .Ve
495     .Sp
496     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
497     environment settings to be taken into account:
498     .Sp
499     .Vb 1
500     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
501     .Ve
502     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
503     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
504     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
505     could not be initialised, returns false.
506 root 1.63 .Sp
507 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
508     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
509     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
510 root 1.60 .Sp
511 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
512 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
513 root 1.1 .Sp
514 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
515 root 1.1 .RS 4
516     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
517     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
518     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
519     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
520     thing, believe me).
521     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
522     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
523     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
524 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
525 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
526     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
527     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
528 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
529     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
530     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
531     thread modifies them).
532 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
533     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
534     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
535 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
536     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
537 root 1.35 .Sp
538     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
539     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
540 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
541 root 1.61 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn sequence
542 root 1.68 without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
543 root 1.35 \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster).
544     .Sp
545     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
546 root 1.104 forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking, although you still
547     have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR) when you use this flag.
548 root 1.35 .Sp
549 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
550 root 1.35 environment variable.
551 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
552     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
553     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
554     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
555 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
556 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
557     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
558 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
559     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
560     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
561     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
562 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
563 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
564     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
565     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
566     threads that are not interested in handling them.
567     .Sp
568     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
569     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
570     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
571 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
572     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
573     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
574     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
575 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
576 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
577     .Sp
578     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
579     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
580     unblocking the signals.
581     .Sp
582 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
583     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
584     .Sp
585 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
586 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
587     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
588 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
589 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
590     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
591     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
592 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
593 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
594 root 1.58 .Sp
595     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
596 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
597 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
598     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
599     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
600 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
601 root 1.71 .Sp
602     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
603     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
604     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
605 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
606     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
607 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
608 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
609     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
610     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
611     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
612     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
613     performance tips.
614 root 1.71 .Sp
615     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
616     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
617 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
618     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
619 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
620 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
621     kernels).
622     .Sp
623 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
624     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
625     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
626     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
627 root 1.73 .Sp
628     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
629     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
630     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
631 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
632     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
633     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
634     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
635     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
636     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
637     and is of course hard to detect.
638 root 1.73 .Sp
639 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
640     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
641     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
642     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
643     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
644     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
645     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
646     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
647     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
648     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
649 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
650     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
651 root 1.3 .Sp
652 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
653     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
654     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
655 root 1.84 .Sp
656 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
657 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
658     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
659     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
660     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
661     file descriptors.
662 root 1.58 .Sp
663     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
664 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
665     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
666     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
667 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
668     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
669     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
670 root 1.58 .Sp
671 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
672     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
673     the usage. So sad.
674     .Sp
675 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
676 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
677 root 1.71 .Sp
678     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
679     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
680 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
681     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
682 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
683 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
684     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
685     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
686     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
687     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
688     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
689     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
690     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
691     system like NetBSD.
692 root 1.3 .Sp
693 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
694     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
695     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
696     .Sp
697 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
698 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
699     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
700 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
701 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
702     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
703 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
704 root 1.58 .Sp
705     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
706     .Sp
707     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
708     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
709     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
710     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
711 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
712 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
713 root 1.71 .Sp
714     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
715     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
716     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
717 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
718     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
719     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
720 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
721     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
722     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
723     immensely.
724 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
725     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
726 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
727 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
728 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
729 root 1.7 .Sp
730 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
731     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
732     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
733     might perform better.
734 root 1.60 .Sp
735 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
736     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
737     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
738     hacks).
739     .Sp
740     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
741     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
742 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
743 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
744 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
745     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
746     to re-arm the watcher.
747 root 1.85 .Sp
748     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
749 root 1.71 .Sp
750     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
751     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
752 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
753     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
754     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
755 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
756     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
757 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
758 root 1.58 .Sp
759 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
760     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
761     at all.
762     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
763     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
764     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
765     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
766     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
767     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
768 root 1.1 .RE
769     .RS 4
770 root 1.3 .Sp
771 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
772     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
773     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
774     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
775 root 1.8 .Sp
776 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
777 root 1.8 .Sp
778 root 1.82 .Vb 3
779     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
780     \& if (!epoller)
781     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
782 root 1.8 .Ve
783     .Sp
784 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
785 root 1.82 used if available.
786 root 1.8 .Sp
787     .Vb 1
788 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
789 root 1.8 .Ve
790 root 1.1 .RE
791 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
792     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
793     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
794 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
795     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
796 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
797 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
798 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
799 root 1.12 for example).
800 root 1.52 .Sp
801 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
802     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
803     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
804 root 1.52 .Sp
805 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
806     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
807     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
808     .Sp
809     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
810 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
811 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
812     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
813     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
814     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
815 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
816     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
817     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
818     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
819     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
820     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
821 root 1.82 .Sp
822 root 1.104 In addition, if you want to reuse a loop (via this function or
823     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR), you \fIalso\fR have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR.
824     .Sp
825 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
826 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
827     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
828     during fork.
829 root 1.60 .Sp
830     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
831 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
832     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
833     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
834     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
835     costly reset of the backend).
836 root 1.1 .Sp
837     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
838 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
839     .Sp
840     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
841     using pthreads.
842 root 1.1 .Sp
843 root 1.82 .Vb 5
844     \& static void
845     \& post_fork_child (void)
846     \& {
847     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
848     \& }
849     \&
850     \& ...
851     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
852 root 1.1 .Ve
853 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
854     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
855 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
856     otherwise.
857 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
858     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
859     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
860     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
861     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
862 root 1.37 .Sp
863     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
864     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
865 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
866     prepare and check phases.
867     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
868     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
869     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
870 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
871 root 1.79 .Sp
872 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
873     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
874 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
875     .Sp
876 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
877     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
878     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
879     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
880 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
881     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
882     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
883 root 1.1 use.
884     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
885     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
886     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
887 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
888     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
889     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
890 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
891 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
892     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
893     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
894     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
895 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
896 root 1.71 .Sp
897     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
898     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
899     the current time is a good idea.
900     .Sp
901     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
902 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
903     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
904     .PD 0
905     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
906     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
907     .PD
908 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
909     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
910 root 1.78 .Sp
911     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
912     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
913     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
914     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
915     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
916     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
917     .Sp
918     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
919     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
920     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
921 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
922 root 1.78 .Sp
923     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
924     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
925     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
926     .Sp
927     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
928     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
929 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
930     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
931 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
932 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
933 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
934 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
935 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
936 root 1.1 .Sp
937 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
938     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
939     called.
940 root 1.1 .Sp
941 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
942     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
943     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
944     .Sp
945 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
946 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
947 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
948     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
949     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
950     beauty.
951 root 1.9 .Sp
952 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
953     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
954 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
955     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
956     .Sp
957 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
958     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
959     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
960     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
961     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
962 root 1.1 .Sp
963 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
964 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
965     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
966 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
967 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
968     iteration of the loop.
969     .Sp
970     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
971     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
972 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
973 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
974     .Sp
975 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
976     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
977     future versions):
978 root 1.8 .Sp
979 root 1.60 .Vb 10
980 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
981     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
982 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
983 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
984     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
985 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
986 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
987 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
988 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
989     \& as to not disturb the other process.
990 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
991 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
992 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
993 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
994 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
995     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
996 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
997 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
998     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
999 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
1000     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
1001     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
1002 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1003 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1004     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1005 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1006     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1007 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1008     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1009     \& continue with step LOOP.
1010     \& FINISH:
1011     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1012     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1013     \& \- Return.
1014 root 1.2 .Ve
1015 root 1.9 .Sp
1016 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1017 root 1.9 anymore.
1018     .Sp
1019     .Vb 4
1020     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1021     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1022 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1023 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1024 root 1.9 .Ve
1025 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1026     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1027     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1028 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1029 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1030     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1031 root 1.60 .Sp
1032 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1033 root 1.72 .Sp
1034 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1035     which case it will have no effect.
1036 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1037     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1038     .PD 0
1039     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1040     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1041     .PD
1042     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1043     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1044 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1045 root 1.71 .Sp
1046 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1047 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1048 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1049     before stopping it.
1050 root 1.71 .Sp
1051 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1052 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1053 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1054     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1055     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1056     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1057     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1058     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1059     in the callback).
1060 root 1.9 .Sp
1061 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1062 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1063     .Sp
1064     .Vb 4
1065 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1066 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1067     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1068 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1069 root 1.9 .Ve
1070     .Sp
1071 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1072 root 1.9 .Sp
1073     .Vb 2
1074 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1075     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1076 root 1.9 .Ve
1077 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1078     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1079 root 1.56 .PD 0
1080 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1081     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1082 root 1.56 .PD
1083     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1084 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1085     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1086     latency.
1087 root 1.56 .Sp
1088     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1089 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1090     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1091     opportunities).
1092     .Sp
1093     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1094     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1095     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1096 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1097     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1098     .Sp
1099     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1100     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1101     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1102 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1103 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1104     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1105 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1106     good enough).
1107 root 1.56 .Sp
1108     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1109     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1110 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1111     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1112     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1113 root 1.56 .Sp
1114 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1115 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1116     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1117     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1118 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1119     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1120     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1121     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1122 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1123 root 1.71 .Sp
1124     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1125     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1126     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1127     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1128     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1129     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1130 root 1.79 .Sp
1131     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1132     more often than 100 times per second:
1133     .Sp
1134     .Vb 2
1135     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1136     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1137     .Ve
1138     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1139     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1140     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1141 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1142     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1143     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1144     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1145     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1146     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1147 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1148     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1149     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1150     are pending.
1151     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1152     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1153     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1154 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1155 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1156     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1157     .Sp
1158     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1159     callback.
1160 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1161     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1162 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1163     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1164     each call to a libev function.
1165     .Sp
1166 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1167     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1168 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1169 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1170 root 1.79 .Sp
1171     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1172     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1173     afterwards.
1174     .Sp
1175     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1176     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1177     .Sp
1178     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1179     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1180     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1181     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1182 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1183 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1184     .Sp
1185 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1186 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1187     .Sp
1188     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1189     document.
1190     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1191     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1192     .PD 0
1193 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1194     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1195 root 1.79 .PD
1196     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1197     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1198 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1199 root 1.79 .Sp
1200     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1201     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1202     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1203     any other purpose as well.
1204 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1205     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1206 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1207 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1208 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1209     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1210     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1211 root 1.67 .Sp
1212     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1213     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1214     data structures consistent.
1215 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1216     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1217 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1218     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1219     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1220     .PP
1221 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1222     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1223     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1224     for that:
1225 root 1.1 .PP
1226     .Vb 5
1227 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1228 root 1.68 \& {
1229     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1230 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1231 root 1.68 \& }
1232     \&
1233     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1234 root 1.73 \&
1235     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1236     \&
1237 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1238     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1239     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1240 root 1.73 \&
1241 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1242 root 1.1 .Ve
1243     .PP
1244     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1245 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1246     stack).
1247     .PP
1248     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1249     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1250 root 1.1 .PP
1251 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1252     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1253     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1254     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1255     and/or writable).
1256 root 1.1 .PP
1257 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1258     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1259     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1260 root 1.1 .PP
1261     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1262 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1263 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1264 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1265 root 1.1 .PP
1266     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1267     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1268 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1269 root 1.1 .PP
1270     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1271     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1272     third argument.
1273     .PP
1274     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1275     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1276     are:
1277     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1278     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1279     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1280     .PD 0
1281     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1282     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1283     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1284     .PD
1285     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1286     writable.
1287 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1288     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1289     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1290 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1291     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1292     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1293     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1294     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1295     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1296     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1297     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1298     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1299     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1300     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1301     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1302     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1303 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1304     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1305     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1306     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1307 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1308     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1309     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1310     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1311     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1312     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1313     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1314     .PD 0
1315     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1316     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1317     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1318     .PD
1319 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1320     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1321     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1322     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1323     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1324     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1325     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1326     .Sp
1327     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1328     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1329     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1330     blocking).
1331 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1332     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1333     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1334     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1335     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1336     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1337     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1338     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1339     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1340 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1341     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1342     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1343     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1344 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1345     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1346     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1347     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1348 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1349     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1350     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1351     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1352     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1353 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1354     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1355     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1356 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1357 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1358     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1359 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1360     .Sp
1361     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1362     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1363     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1364     bug in your program.
1365 root 1.1 .Sp
1366 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1367     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1368     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1369     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1370     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1371     thing, so beware.
1372 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1373 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1374 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1375     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1376     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1377     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1378     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1379     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1380     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1381     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1382     which rolls both calls into one.
1383     .Sp
1384     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1385     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1386     .Sp
1387 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1388 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1389 root 1.71 .Sp
1390     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1391     .Sp
1392     .Vb 3
1393     \& ev_io w;
1394     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1395     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1396     .Ve
1397 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1398     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1399     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1400 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1401     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1402     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1403     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1404     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1405     .Sp
1406     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1407     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1408 root 1.71 .Sp
1409     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1410 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1411     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1412     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1413 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1414     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1415 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1416 root 1.71 .Sp
1417     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1418     .Sp
1419     .Vb 1
1420     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1421     .Ve
1422 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1423     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1424     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1425 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1426     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1427 root 1.71 .Sp
1428     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1429     whole section.
1430     .Sp
1431     .Vb 1
1432     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1433     .Ve
1434 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1435     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1436     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1437 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1438     the watcher was active or not).
1439     .Sp
1440     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1441     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1442     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1443     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1444     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1445 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1446     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1447     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1448     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1449     it.
1450     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1451     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1452     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1453     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1454     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1455 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1456     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1457     it).
1458 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1459     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1460 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1461 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1462     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1463 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1464     (modulo threads).
1465 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1466     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1467 root 1.37 .PD 0
1468     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1469     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1470     .PD
1471     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1472     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1473     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1474     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1475     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1476     .Sp
1477     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1478     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1479     .Sp
1480 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1481     pending.
1482     .Sp
1483 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1484     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1485     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1486     .Sp
1487 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1488     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1489     .Sp
1490 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1491 root 1.78 priorities.
1492 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1493     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1494     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1495     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1496 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1497     callback.
1498 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1499     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1500 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1501     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1502 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1503 root 1.71 .Sp
1504     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1505     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1506 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1507     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1508     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1509     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1510     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1511     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1512     .Sp
1513     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1514     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1515     not started in the first place.
1516     .Sp
1517     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1518     functions that do not need a watcher.
1519 root 1.1 .PP
1520 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1521     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1522     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1523 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1524     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1525     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1526     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1527     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1528 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1529     .IX Item "initialised"
1530 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1531 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1532     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1533     .Sp
1534 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1535     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1536     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1537     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1538 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1539     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1540     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1541     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1542     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1543     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1544     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1545     .IP "pending" 4
1546     .IX Item "pending"
1547     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1548     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1549     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1550     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1551     callback.
1552     .Sp
1553     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1554     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1555     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1556     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1557     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1558     previous item still apply.
1559     .Sp
1560     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1561     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1562     active.
1563     .IP "stopped" 4
1564     .IX Item "stopped"
1565     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1566     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1567     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1568     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1569     freeing it is often a good idea.
1570     .Sp
1571     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1572 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1573     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1574     it again).
1575 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1576 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1577     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1578     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1579     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1580     .PP
1581     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1582     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1583     range.
1584     .PP
1585     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1586     by event loops:
1587     .PP
1588     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1589     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1590     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1591     .PP
1592     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1593     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1594     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1595     before polling for new events.
1596     .PP
1597     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1598     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1599     .PP
1600     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1601     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1602     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1603     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1604     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1605     priority ones.
1606     .PP
1607     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1608     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1609     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1610     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1611     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1612     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1613     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1614     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1615     always, what you want).
1616     .PP
1617     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1618     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1619     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1620     required.
1621     .PP
1622     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1623     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1624     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1625     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1626 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1627 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1628     workable.
1629     .PP
1630     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1631     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1632     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1633     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1634     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1635     .PP
1636     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1637     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1638     other events are pending:
1639     .PP
1640     .Vb 2
1641     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1642     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1643     \&
1644     \& static void
1645     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1646     \& {
1647     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1648     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1649     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1650     \&
1651 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1652 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1653     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1654     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1655     \& }
1656     \&
1657     \& static void
1658 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1659 root 1.78 \& {
1660     \& // actual processing
1661     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1662     \&
1663     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1664     \& // we have handled the event
1665     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1666     \& }
1667     \&
1668     \& // initialisation
1669     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1670     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1671     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1672     .Ve
1673     .PP
1674     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1675     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1676     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1677     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1678     important ones.
1679 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1680     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1681     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1682 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1683     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1684     .PP
1685     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1686     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1687     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1688     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1689     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1690     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1691     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1692     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1693 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1694     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1695 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1696 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1697 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1698     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1699     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1700     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1701     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1702     receive future events.
1703 root 1.1 .PP
1704     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1705     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1706     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1707     required if you know what you are doing).
1708     .PP
1709 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1710 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1711 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1712 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1713     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1714     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1715     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1716 root 1.17 .PP
1717 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1718     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1719     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1720 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1721     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1722 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1723     indefinitely.
1724     .PP
1725     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1726 root 1.49 .PP
1727     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1728     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1729     .PP
1730 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1731 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1732     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1733 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1734     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1735     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1736     fact, a different file descriptor.
1737     .PP
1738     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1739     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1740     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1741     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1742     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1743     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1744     .PP
1745     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1746     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1747     optimisations to libev.
1748 root 1.50 .PP
1749 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1750     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1751 root 1.54 .PP
1752     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1753 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1754     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1755     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1756 root 1.54 .PP
1757 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1758     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1759 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1760     .PP
1761 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1762     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1763     .PP
1764     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1765     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1766     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1767     .PP
1768     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1769     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1770     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1771     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1772     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1773     .PP
1774     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1775     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1776     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1777     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1778     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1779     .PP
1780     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1781     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1782     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1783 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1784 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1785     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1786     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1787     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1788     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1789     .PP
1790     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1791 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1792 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1793     reuse the same code path.
1794     .PP
1795 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1796     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1797     .PP
1798     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1799     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1800 root 1.85 it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
1801 root 1.54 .PP
1802 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1803     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1804     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1805 root 1.54 .PP
1806 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1807     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1808     .PP
1809 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1810     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1811 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1812 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1813 root 1.63 .PP
1814     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1815 root 1.100 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE \s0(and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1816 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1817     .PP
1818 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1819     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1820     .PP
1821 root 1.100 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX \s0\f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1822 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1823     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1824     .PP
1825     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1826     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1827     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1828     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1829     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1830     .PP
1831     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1832     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1833     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1834     cope with overload is known (to me).
1835     .PP
1836     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1837     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1838     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1839     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1840     .PP
1841     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1842     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1843     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1844     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1845     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1846     usage.
1847     .PP
1848     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1849     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1850     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1851     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1852     clients under typical overload conditions.
1853     .PP
1854     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1855     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1856     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1857     .PP
1858 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1859     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1860 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1861     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1862     .PD 0
1863     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1864     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1865     .PD
1866 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1867 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1868     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1869 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1870     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1871     The file descriptor being watched.
1872     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1873     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1874     The events being watched.
1875 root 1.9 .PP
1876 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1877     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1878     .PP
1879 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1880 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1881 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1882 root 1.9 .PP
1883     .Vb 6
1884 root 1.68 \& static void
1885 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1886 root 1.68 \& {
1887     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1888 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1889 root 1.68 \& }
1890     \&
1891     \& ...
1892     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1893 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1894 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1895     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1896 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1897 root 1.9 .Ve
1898 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1899     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1900 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1901 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1902     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1903     .PP
1904     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1905 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1906 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1907 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1908 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1909     .PP
1910 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1911 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1912 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1913     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1914     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1915     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1916     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1917 root 1.71 .PP
1918 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1919     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1920     .PP
1921     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1922     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1923     you want to raise some error after a while.
1924     .PP
1925     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1926     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1927     .PP
1928     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1929     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1930     data or other life sign was received).
1931     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1932     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1933     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1934     start the watcher:
1935     .Sp
1936     .Vb 2
1937     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1938     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1939     .Ve
1940     .Sp
1941     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1942     and start it again:
1943     .Sp
1944     .Vb 3
1945     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1946     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1947     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1948     .Ve
1949     .Sp
1950     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1951     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1952     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1953     still not a constant-time operation.
1954     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1955     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1956     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1957     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1958     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1959     .Sp
1960     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1961     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1962     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1963     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1964     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1965     .Sp
1966     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1967     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1968     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1969     .Sp
1970     At start:
1971     .Sp
1972     .Vb 3
1973 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1974 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1975     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1976     .Ve
1977     .Sp
1978     Each time there is some activity:
1979     .Sp
1980     .Vb 1
1981     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1982     .Ve
1983     .Sp
1984     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1985     whether the watcher is active or not:
1986     .Sp
1987     .Vb 2
1988     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1989     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1990     .Ve
1991     .Sp
1992     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1993     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1994     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1995     .Sp
1996     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1997     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1998     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
1999     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
2000     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
2001     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
2002     associated activity resets.
2003     .Sp
2004     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2005     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2006     within the callback:
2007     .Sp
2008 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2009     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2010 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2011 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2012 root 1.73 \&
2013     \& static void
2014     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2015     \& {
2016 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2017     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2018 root 1.73 \&
2019 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2020 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2021 root 1.73 \& {
2022 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2023 root 1.73 \& }
2024     \& else
2025     \& {
2026 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2027     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2028     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2029     \& // the timeout can occur.
2030     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2031     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2032 root 1.73 \& }
2033     \& }
2034     .Ve
2035     .Sp
2036 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2037     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2038     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2039     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2040     .Sp
2041     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2042     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2043     .Sp
2044     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2045     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2046     .Sp
2047     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2048 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2049 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2050 root 1.73 .Sp
2051     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2052     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2053     libev to change the timeout.
2054     .Sp
2055 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2056     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2057     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2058     the timer:
2059 root 1.73 .Sp
2060     .Vb 3
2061 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2062     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2063     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2064 root 1.73 .Ve
2065     .Sp
2066 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2067 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2068     .Sp
2069 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2070     \& if (activity detected)
2071     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2072     .Ve
2073     .Sp
2074     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2075     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2076 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2077 root 1.88 .Sp
2078     .Vb 3
2079     \& timeout = new_value;
2080     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2081     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2082 root 1.73 .Ve
2083     .Sp
2084     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2085     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2086     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2087     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2088     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2089     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2090     do even better:
2091     .Sp
2092     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2093     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2094     .Sp
2095     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2096     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2097     .Sp
2098     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2099     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2100     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2101     .Sp
2102     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2103     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2104     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2105     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2106     .PP
2107     So which method the best?
2108     .PP
2109     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2110     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2111     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2112     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2113     .PP
2114     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2115     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2116     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2117     overkill :)
2118     .PP
2119 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2120     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2121     .PP
2122     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2123     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2124     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2125     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2126     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2127     .PP
2128     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2129     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2130     .PP
2131     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2132     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2133     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2134     expect.
2135     .PP
2136     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2137     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2138     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2139     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2140     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2141     .PP
2142     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2143     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2144     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2145     intentions.
2146     .PP
2147     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2148     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2149     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2150     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2151     .PP
2152     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2153     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2154     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2155     late\*(R" side of things.
2156     .PP
2157 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2158     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2159     .PP
2160 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2161     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2162 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2163 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2164     lots of events in one iteration.
2165     .PP
2166 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2167     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2168 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2169 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2170 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2171     for it:
2172 root 1.1 .PP
2173     .Vb 1
2174 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2175 root 1.1 .Ve
2176 root 1.2 .PP
2177 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2178     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2179 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2180     further into the future.
2181 root 1.50 .PP
2182 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2183     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2184     .PP
2185     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2186     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2187     jumps).
2188     .PP
2189     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2190     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2191     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2192     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2193     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2194     .PP
2195     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2196     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2197     a second or so.
2198     .PP
2199     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2200     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2201     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2202     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2203     .PP
2204     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2205     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2206     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2207     .PP
2208     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2209     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2210     exactly the right behaviour.
2211     .PP
2212     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2213     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2214     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2215     .PP
2216 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2217     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2218     .PP
2219     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2220     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2221     .PP
2222     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2223     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2224     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2225     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2226     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2227     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2228     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2229     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2230     be adjusted accordingly.
2231     .PP
2232     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2233     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2234     .PP
2235     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2236     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2237     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2238     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2239     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2240     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2241     .PP
2242     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2243     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2244     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2245     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2246     .PP
2247 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2248     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2249 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2250     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2251     .PD 0
2252     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2253     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2254     .PD
2255 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2256     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2257     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2258     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2259     until stopped manually.
2260     .Sp
2261     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2262     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2263     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2264     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2265     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2266 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2267     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2268 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2269     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2270     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2271 root 1.1 .Sp
2272 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2273     applied to the watcher:
2274     .RS 4
2275     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2276     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2277     .PD 0
2278     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2279     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2280     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2281     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2282     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2283     .RE
2284     .RS 4
2285     .PD
2286 root 1.1 .Sp
2287 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2288     usage example.
2289 root 1.88 .RE
2290 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2291     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2292 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2293     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2294     the timeout value currently configured.
2295     .Sp
2296     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2297 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2298 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2299     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2300     too), and so on.
2301 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2302     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2303     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2304 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2305 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2306 root 1.9 .PP
2307 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2308     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2309     .PP
2310 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2311 root 1.9 .PP
2312     .Vb 5
2313 root 1.68 \& static void
2314 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2315 root 1.68 \& {
2316     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2317     \& }
2318     \&
2319 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2320 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2321     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2322 root 1.9 .Ve
2323     .PP
2324 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2325 root 1.9 inactivity.
2326     .PP
2327     .Vb 5
2328 root 1.68 \& static void
2329 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2330 root 1.68 \& {
2331     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2332     \& }
2333     \&
2334 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2335 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2336     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2337 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2338 root 1.68 \&
2339     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2340     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2341     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2342 root 1.9 .Ve
2343 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2344     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2345 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2346 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2347     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2348     .PP
2349 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2350     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2351     (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
2352     difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2353     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2354     wrist-watch).
2355     .PP
2356     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2357     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2358     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2359     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2360     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2361     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2362     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2363     .PP
2364     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2365     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2366     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2367     those cannot react to time jumps.
2368 root 1.2 .PP
2369 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2370 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2371     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2372     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2373 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2374 root 1.50 .PP
2375     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2376     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2377 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2378     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2379 root 1.1 .PD 0
2380 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2381     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2382 root 1.1 .PD
2383 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2384 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2385 root 1.1 .RS 4
2386 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2387 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2388 root 1.60 .Sp
2389 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2390 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2391     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2392     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2393     this point in time.
2394 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2395 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2396 root 1.60 .Sp
2397 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2398 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2399     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2400     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2401 root 1.1 .Sp
2402 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2403 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2404     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2405 root 1.1 .Sp
2406     .Vb 1
2407     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2408     .Ve
2409     .Sp
2410     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2411 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2412 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2413     by 3600.
2414     .Sp
2415     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2416     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2417 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2418 root 1.46 .Sp
2419 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2420     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2421     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2422     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2423     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2424     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2425 root 1.67 .Sp
2426 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2427 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2428 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2429 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2430 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2431 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2432 root 1.60 .Sp
2433 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2434 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2435     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2436     current time as second argument.
2437     .Sp
2438 root 1.100 \&\s-1NOTE: \s0\fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2439 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2440     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2441 root 1.67 .Sp
2442     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2443     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2444     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2445 root 1.1 .Sp
2446 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2447 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2448 root 1.1 .Sp
2449 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2450     \& static ev_tstamp
2451     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2452 root 1.1 \& {
2453     \& return now + 60.;
2454     \& }
2455     .Ve
2456     .Sp
2457     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2458     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2459     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2460     might be called at other times, too.
2461     .Sp
2462 root 1.100 \&\s-1NOTE: \s0\fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2463 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2464 root 1.1 .Sp
2465     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2466 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2467 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2468     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2469     reason I omitted it as an example).
2470     .RE
2471     .RS 4
2472     .RE
2473     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2474     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2475     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2476     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2477     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2478     program when the crontabs have changed).
2479 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2480     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2481 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2482     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2483     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2484     rescheduling modes.
2485 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2486     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2487     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2488 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2489     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2490 root 1.46 .Sp
2491     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2492     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2493 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2494     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2495     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2496     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2497     called.
2498 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2499     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2500 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2501     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2502     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2503 root 1.9 .PP
2504 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2505     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2506     .PP
2507 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2508 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2509 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2510 root 1.9 .PP
2511     .Vb 5
2512 root 1.68 \& static void
2513 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2514 root 1.68 \& {
2515     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2516     \& }
2517     \&
2518 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2519 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2520     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2521 root 1.9 .Ve
2522     .PP
2523 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2524 root 1.9 .PP
2525     .Vb 1
2526 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2527 root 1.60 \&
2528 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2529 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2530 root 1.68 \& {
2531 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2532 root 1.68 \& }
2533 root 1.60 \&
2534 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2535 root 1.9 .Ve
2536     .PP
2537 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2538 root 1.9 .PP
2539     .Vb 4
2540 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2541 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2542     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2543     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2544 root 1.9 .Ve
2545 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2546     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2547 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2548 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2549     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2550 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2551 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2552     .PP
2553 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2554     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2555     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2556     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2557     .PP
2558     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2559     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2560     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2561     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2562     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2563 root 1.71 .PP
2564 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2565     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2566     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2567 root 1.80 .PP
2568 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2569 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2570     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2571     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2572     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2573 root 1.61 .PP
2574 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2575     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2576     .PP
2577     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2578     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2579     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2580 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2581     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2582 root 1.81 .PP
2583     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2584     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2585     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2586     certain signals to be blocked.
2587     .PP
2588     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2589     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2590     choice usually).
2591     .PP
2592     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2593     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2594     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2595     .PP
2596     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2597 root 1.100 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API \s0(\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2598 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2599     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2600     .PP
2601     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2602     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2603     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2604     .PP
2605 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2606     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2607     .PP
2608     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2609     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2610     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2611     .PP
2612     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2613     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2614     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2615     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2616     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2617     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2618     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2619     .PP
2620 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2621     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2622 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2623     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2624     .PD 0
2625     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2626     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2627     .PD
2628     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2629     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2630 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2631     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2632     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2633 root 1.61 .PP
2634     \fIExamples\fR
2635     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2636     .PP
2637 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2638 root 1.61 .PP
2639     .Vb 5
2640 root 1.68 \& static void
2641 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2642 root 1.68 \& {
2643 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2644 root 1.68 \& }
2645     \&
2646 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2647 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2648 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2649 root 1.61 .Ve
2650 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2651     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2652 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2653 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2654 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2655     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2656     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2657     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2658     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2659 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2660     in the next callback invocation is not.
2661 root 1.61 .PP
2662     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2663 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2664 root 1.61 .PP
2665 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2666     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2667     libev)
2668     .PP
2669 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2670     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2671     .PP
2672     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2673 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2674     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2675 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2676     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2677     children, even ones not watched.
2678     .PP
2679     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2680     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2681     .PP
2682     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2683     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2684     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2685     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2686     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2687     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2688     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2689 root 1.50 .PP
2690 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2691     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2692     .PP
2693     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2694     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2695     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2696 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2697     problem).
2698 root 1.71 .PP
2699 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2700     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2701 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2702     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2703 root 1.1 .PD 0
2704 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2705     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2706 root 1.1 .PD
2707     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2708     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2709     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2710     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2711     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2712 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2713     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2714     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2715 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2716     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2717     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2718     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2719     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2720     The process id that detected a status change.
2721     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2722     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2723     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2724     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2725 root 1.9 .PP
2726 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2727     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2728     .PP
2729 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2730     its completion.
2731 root 1.9 .PP
2732 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2733 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2734 root 1.61 \&
2735 root 1.68 \& static void
2736 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2737 root 1.68 \& {
2738     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2739     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2740     \& }
2741     \&
2742     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2743     \&
2744     \& if (pid < 0)
2745     \& // error
2746     \& else if (pid == 0)
2747     \& {
2748     \& // the forked child executes here
2749     \& exit (1);
2750     \& }
2751     \& else
2752     \& {
2753     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2754     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2755     \& }
2756 root 1.9 .Ve
2757 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2758     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2759 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2760 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2761 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2762 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2763     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2764     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2765 root 1.22 .PP
2766     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2767 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2768     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2769     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2770     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2771     contents.
2772 root 1.22 .PP
2773 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2774     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2775     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2776     .PP
2777     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2778     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2779     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2780     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2781     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2782     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2783     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2784     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2785 root 1.22 .PP
2786     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2787     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2788 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2789 root 1.22 .PP
2790 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2791 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2792     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2793     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2794 root 1.50 .PP
2795 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2796     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2797     .PP
2798     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2799 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2800     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2801 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2802     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2803     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2804 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2805 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2806 root 1.69 .PP
2807     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2808     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2809     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2810     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2811     default compilation environment.
2812 root 1.63 .PP
2813 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2814     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2815 root 1.59 .PP
2816 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2817     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2818     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2819     watcher is being started.
2820 root 1.59 .PP
2821 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2822 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2823 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2824 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2825 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2826     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2827     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2828     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2829 root 1.59 .PP
2830 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2831 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2832 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2833     etc. is difficult.
2834 root 1.59 .PP
2835 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2836     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2837     .PP
2838     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2839     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2840     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2841     .PP
2842     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2843     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2844 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2845 root 1.74 watcher).
2846     .PP
2847     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2848     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2849     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2850     .PP
2851     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2852     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2853     .PP
2854 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2855     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2856     .PP
2857 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2858     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2859     still only support whole seconds.
2860 root 1.59 .PP
2861 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2862     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2863     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2864 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2865     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2866 root 1.65 .PP
2867     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2868 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2869 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2870     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2871     .PP
2872     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2873     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2874     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2875     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2876     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2877     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2878     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2879     the timer callback).
2880 root 1.59 .PP
2881 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2882     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2883 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2884     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2885     .PD 0
2886     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2887     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2888     .PD
2889     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2890     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2891     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2892     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2893     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2894     .Sp
2895 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2896     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2897     last change was detected).
2898 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2899     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2900 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2901 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2902     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2903     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2904     new values.
2905 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2906     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2907 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2908 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2909 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2910     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2911     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2912 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2913     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2914     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2915 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2916     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2917     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2918 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2919     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2920     The specified interval.
2921     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2922     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2923 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2924 root 1.22 .PP
2925 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2926     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2927     .PP
2928 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2929     .PP
2930 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2931 root 1.68 \& static void
2932     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2933     \& {
2934     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2935     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2936     \& {
2937     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2938     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2939     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2940     \& }
2941     \& else
2942     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2943     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2944     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2945     \& }
2946 root 1.60 \&
2947 root 1.68 \& ...
2948     \& ev_stat passwd;
2949 root 1.60 \&
2950 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2951     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2952 root 1.22 .Ve
2953 root 1.59 .PP
2954     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2955     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2956     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2957     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2958     .PP
2959     .Vb 2
2960 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2961     \& static ev_timer timer;
2962 root 1.60 \&
2963 root 1.68 \& static void
2964     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2965     \& {
2966     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2967     \&
2968     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2969     \& }
2970     \&
2971     \& static void
2972     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2973     \& {
2974     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2975     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2976     \& }
2977     \&
2978     \& ...
2979     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2980     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2981     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2982 root 1.59 .Ve
2983 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2984     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2985 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2986 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2987 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2988     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2989 root 1.37 .PP
2990     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2991     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2992     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2993     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2994     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2995     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2996 root 1.1 .PP
2997     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2998     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
2999     .PP
3000     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
3001     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
3002 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3003 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3004 root 1.50 .PP
3005 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3006     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3007     .PP
3008     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3009     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3010     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3011     lowest priority will do.
3012     .PP
3013     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3014     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3015     between different connections.
3016     .PP
3017     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3018     example.
3019     .PP
3020 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3021     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3022 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3023     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3024 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3025     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3026     believe me.
3027 root 1.9 .PP
3028 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3029     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3030     .PP
3031 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3032     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3033 root 1.9 .PP
3034 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3035 root 1.68 \& static void
3036 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3037 root 1.68 \& {
3038 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3039     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3040     \&
3041     \& // now we can free it
3042 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3043 root 1.93 \&
3044 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3045     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3046     \& }
3047     \&
3048 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3049 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3050 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3051 root 1.9 .Ve
3052 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3053     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3054 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3055 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3056 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3057     afterwards.
3058     .PP
3059 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3060     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3061     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3062     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3063     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3064     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3065     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3066 root 1.20 .PP
3067 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3068 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3069 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3070 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3071     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3072     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3073     watcher).
3074 root 1.1 .PP
3075 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3076     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3077     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3078     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3079     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3080     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3081     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3082     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3083 root 1.1 .PP
3084     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3085     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3086     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3087     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3088     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3089     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3090     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3091     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3092 root 1.45 .PP
3093 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3094     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3095     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3096     watchers).
3097 root 1.71 .PP
3098     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3099     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3100     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3101     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3102     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3103     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3104     others).
3105 root 1.50 .PP
3106 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3107     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3108     .PP
3109     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3110     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3111     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3112     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3113     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3114     connections have a chance of making progress.
3115     .PP
3116     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3117     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3118     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3119     .PP
3120     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3121     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3122     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3123     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3124     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3125     .PP
3126 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3127     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3128 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3129     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3130     .PD 0
3131     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3132     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3133     .PD
3134     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3135     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3136 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3137     pointless.
3138 root 1.9 .PP
3139 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3140     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3141     .PP
3142 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3143     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3144     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3145 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3146     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3147     Glib event loop).
3148 root 1.44 .PP
3149     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3150     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3151     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3152     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3153     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3154 root 1.20 .PP
3155     .Vb 2
3156 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3157     \& static ev_timer tw;
3158     \&
3159     \& static void
3160 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3161 root 1.68 \& {
3162     \& }
3163     \&
3164     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3165     \& static void
3166 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3167 root 1.68 \& {
3168     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3169     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3170     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3171     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3172     \&
3173     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3174 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3175 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3176 root 1.60 \&
3177 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3178     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3179     \& {
3180     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3181     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3182     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3183     \&
3184     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3185     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3186     \& }
3187     \& }
3188     \&
3189     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3190     \& static void
3191 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3192 root 1.68 \& {
3193     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3194     \&
3195     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3196     \& {
3197     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3198     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3199     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3200     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3201     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3202     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3203 root 1.60 \&
3204 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3205     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3206     \& }
3207     \&
3208     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3209     \& }
3210 root 1.20 .Ve
3211 root 1.44 .PP
3212     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3213     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3214     .PP
3215     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3216 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3217 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3218     .PP
3219     .Vb 5
3220 root 1.68 \& static void
3221     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3222     \& {
3223     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3224     \& update_now (EV_A);
3225     \&
3226     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3227     \& }
3228     \&
3229     \& static void
3230     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3231     \& {
3232     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3233     \& update_now (EV_A);
3234 root 1.60 \&
3235 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3236     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3237     \& }
3238     \&
3239     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3240 root 1.44 .Ve
3241     .PP
3242     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3243 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3244     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3245 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3246 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3247     libglib event loop.
3248 root 1.44 .PP
3249     .Vb 4
3250 root 1.68 \& static gint
3251     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3252     \& {
3253     \& int got_events = 0;
3254     \&
3255     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3256     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3257     \&
3258     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3259     \& // create/start timer
3260     \&
3261     \& // poll
3262 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3263 root 1.68 \&
3264     \& // stop timer again
3265     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3266     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3267 root 1.60 \&
3268 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3269     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3270     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3271     \&
3272     \& return got_events;
3273     \& }
3274 root 1.44 .Ve
3275 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3276     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3277 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3278 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3279 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3280     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3281 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3282 root 1.10 .PP
3283     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3284     prioritise I/O.
3285     .PP
3286     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3287     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3288     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3289 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3290     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3291     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3292     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3293     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3294     .PP
3295     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3296     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3297     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3298     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3299     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3300 root 1.10 .PP
3301 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3302     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3303     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3304     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3305     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3306     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3307     .PP
3308     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3309     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3310     .PP
3311     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3312     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3313     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3314     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3315 root 1.10 .PP
3316 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3317 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3318     portable one.
3319     .PP
3320     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3321     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3322     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3323 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3324 root 1.50 .PP
3325 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3326     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3327     .PP
3328     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3329     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3330     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3331     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3332     as applicable.
3333     .PP
3334 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3335     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3336 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3337     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3338 root 1.10 .PD 0
3339 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3340     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3341 root 1.10 .PD
3342 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3343     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3344     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3345     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3346 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3347 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3348     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3349     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3350 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3351 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3352 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3353     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3354 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3355 root 1.60 .PP
3356     \fIExamples\fR
3357     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3358     .PP
3359     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3360     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3361 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3362     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3363 root 1.60 used).
3364     .PP
3365     .Vb 3
3366 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3367     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3368 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3369 root 1.102 \&
3370 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3371     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3372     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3373     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3374     \& : 0;
3375     \&
3376     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3377     \& if (loop_lo)
3378     \& {
3379     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3380     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3381     \& }
3382     \& else
3383     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3384 root 1.60 .Ve
3385     .PP
3386     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3387     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3388     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3389     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3390     .PP
3391     .Vb 3
3392 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3393     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3394 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3395 root 1.102 \&
3396 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3397     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3398     \& {
3399     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3400     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3401     \& }
3402 root 1.60 \&
3403 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3404     \& loop_socket = loop;
3405 root 1.60 \&
3406 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3407 root 1.60 .Ve
3408 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3409     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3410 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3411     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3412     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3413 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3414     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3415     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3416     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3417     of course.
3418 root 1.51 .PP
3419 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3420     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3421     .PP
3422 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3423 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3424     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3425     .PP
3426     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3427     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3428     fork.
3429     .PP
3430     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3431     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3432     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3433     .PP
3434     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3435     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3436     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3437     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3438     .PP
3439     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3440     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3441     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3442     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3443     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3444     signal watchers).
3445     .PP
3446     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3447     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3448 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3449     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3450     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3451     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3452     signal watchers.
3453 root 1.78 .PP
3454 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3455     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3456 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3457     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3458 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3459     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3460 root 1.82 really.
3461     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3462     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3463     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3464     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3465     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3466     .PP
3467     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3468     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3469     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3470     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3471     .PP
3472     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3473     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3474     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3475     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3476     .PP
3477     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3478     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3479     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3480     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3481     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3482     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3483     pointless, I assure you.
3484     .PP
3485     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3486     cleanup functions are called.
3487     .PP
3488     .Vb 5
3489     \& static void
3490     \& program_exits (void)
3491     \& {
3492     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3493     \& }
3494     \&
3495     \& ...
3496     \& atexit (program_exits);
3497     .Ve
3498     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3499     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3500     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3501 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3502 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3503     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3504     .PP
3505 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3506     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3507     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3508     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3509 root 1.61 .PP
3510     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3511     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3512     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3513 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3514 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3515     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3516     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3517 root 1.61 .PP
3518     \fIQueueing\fR
3519     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3520     .PP
3521     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3522     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3523     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3524 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3525     semantics.
3526 root 1.61 .PP
3527     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3528 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3529 root 1.61 queue:
3530     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3531     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3532     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3533 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3534     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3535 root 1.61 .Sp
3536     .Vb 1
3537     \& static ev_async mysig;
3538     \&
3539     \& static void
3540     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3541     \& {
3542     \& sometype data;
3543     \&
3544     \& // no locking etc.
3545     \& queue_put (data);
3546     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3547     \& }
3548     \&
3549     \& static void
3550     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3551     \& {
3552     \& sometype data;
3553     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3554     \&
3555     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3556     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3557     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3558     \&
3559     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3560     \& process (data);
3561     \&
3562     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3563     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3564     \& }
3565     .Ve
3566     .Sp
3567     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3568     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3569     either...).
3570     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3571     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3572     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3573     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3574     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3575     .Sp
3576     .Vb 2
3577     \& static ev_async mysig;
3578     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3579     \&
3580     \& static void
3581     \& otherthread (void)
3582     \& {
3583     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3584     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3585     \& queue_put (data);
3586     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3587     \&
3588     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3589     \& }
3590     \&
3591     \& static void
3592     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3593     \& {
3594     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3595     \&
3596     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3597     \& process (data);
3598     \&
3599     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3600     \& }
3601     .Ve
3602     .PP
3603     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3604     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3605     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3606     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3607     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3608 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3609 root 1.71 trust me.
3610 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3611     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3612     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3613 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3614     returns.
3615     .Sp
3616     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3617     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3618     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3619 root 1.61 .Sp
3620 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3621 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3622     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3623     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3624     .Sp
3625     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3626     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3627     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3628     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3629     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3630     zero) under load.
3631 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3632     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3633     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3634     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3635     event loop.
3636     .Sp
3637     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3638     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3639     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3640 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3641 root 1.63 .Sp
3642 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3643     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3644     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3645     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3646 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3647     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3648     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3649     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3650     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3651     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3652 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3653 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3654     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3655     more watchers yourself.
3656     .Sp
3657 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3658     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3659     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3660 root 1.1 .Sp
3661     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3662     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3663 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3664 root 1.1 .Sp
3665 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3666 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3667 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3668 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3669     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3670     events precedence.
3671     .Sp
3672 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3673 root 1.1 .Sp
3674     .Vb 7
3675 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3676     \& {
3677 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3678     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3679 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3680 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3681     \& }
3682 root 1.60 \&
3683 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3684 root 1.1 .Ve
3685 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3686     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3687 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3688 root 1.88 the given events.
3689 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3690     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3691 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3692     which is async-safe.
3693     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3694     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3695     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3696     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3697     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3698 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3699 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3700     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3701     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3702     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3703     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3704     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3705     data:
3706     .PP
3707     .Vb 7
3708     \& struct my_io
3709     \& {
3710     \& ev_io io;
3711     \& int otherfd;
3712     \& void *somedata;
3713     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3714     \& };
3715     \&
3716     \& ...
3717     \& struct my_io w;
3718     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3719     .Ve
3720     .PP
3721     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3722     can cast it back to your own type:
3723     .PP
3724     .Vb 5
3725     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3726     \& {
3727     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3728     \& ...
3729     \& }
3730     .Ve
3731     .PP
3732     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3733     function type instead have been omitted.
3734 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3735 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3736     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3737     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3738     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3739     .PP
3740     .Vb 6
3741     \& struct my_biggy
3742     \& {
3743     \& int some_data;
3744     \& ev_timer t1;
3745     \& ev_timer t2;
3746     \& }
3747     .Ve
3748     .PP
3749     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3750     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3751     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3752     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3753     real programmers):
3754     .PP
3755     .Vb 1
3756     \& #include <stddef.h>
3757     \&
3758     \& static void
3759     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3760     \& {
3761     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3762     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3763     \& }
3764     \&
3765     \& static void
3766     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3767     \& {
3768     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3769     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3770     \& }
3771     .Ve
3772 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3773 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3774     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3775     .PP
3776     .Vb 4
3777     \& callback ()
3778     \& {
3779     \& free (request);
3780     \& }
3781     \&
3782     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3783     .Ve
3784     .PP
3785     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3786     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3787     .PP
3788     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3789     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3790     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3791     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3792     .PP
3793     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3794     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3795     .PP
3796     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3797     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3798     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3799     already been invoked.
3800     .PP
3801     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3802     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3803     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3804 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3805     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3806     pushing it into the pending queue:
3807 root 1.88 .PP
3808     .Vb 2
3809     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3810     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3811     .Ve
3812     .PP
3813     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3814     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3815 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3816 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3817     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3818     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3819     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3820     .PP
3821     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3822     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3823     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3824     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3825 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3826 root 1.85 .PP
3827     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3828     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3829     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3830     .PP
3831     .Vb 2
3832     \& // main loop
3833     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3834     \&
3835     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3836     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3837     \&
3838 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3839 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3840     \&
3841     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3842     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3843     .Ve
3844     .PP
3845     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3846     .PP
3847     .Vb 2
3848     \& // exit modal loop
3849     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3850     \&
3851     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3852     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3853     \&
3854     \& // exit both
3855     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3856     .Ve
3857 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3858 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3859     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3860     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3861     created/added/removed.
3862     .PP
3863     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3864     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3865     languages).
3866     .PP
3867     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3868     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3869     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3870     .PP
3871     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3872     .PP
3873     .Vb 6
3874     \& typedef struct {
3875     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3876     \& ev_async async_w;
3877     \& thread_t tid;
3878     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3879     \& } userdata;
3880     \&
3881     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3882     \& {
3883     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3884     \& static userdata u;
3885     \&
3886     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3887     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3888     \&
3889     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3890     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3891     \&
3892     \& // now associate this with the loop
3893     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3894     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3895     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3896     \&
3897 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3898 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3899     \& }
3900     .Ve
3901     .PP
3902     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3903     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3904     that might have been added:
3905     .PP
3906     .Vb 5
3907     \& static void
3908     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3909     \& {
3910     \& // just used for the side effects
3911     \& }
3912     .Ve
3913     .PP
3914     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
3915     protecting the loop data, respectively.
3916     .PP
3917     .Vb 6
3918     \& static void
3919     \& l_release (EV_P)
3920     \& {
3921     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3922     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3923     \& }
3924     \&
3925     \& static void
3926     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
3927     \& {
3928     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3929     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3930     \& }
3931     .Ve
3932     .PP
3933     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
3934     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
3935     .PP
3936     .Vb 4
3937     \& void *
3938     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
3939     \& {
3940     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
3941     \&
3942     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
3943     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
3944     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3945     \& l_release (EV_A);
3946     \&
3947     \& return 0;
3948     \& }
3949     .Ve
3950     .PP
3951     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
3952     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
3953     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
3954     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
3955     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
3956     watchers is very beneficial):
3957     .PP
3958     .Vb 4
3959     \& static void
3960     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
3961     \& {
3962     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3963     \&
3964     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
3965     \& {
3966     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
3967     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
3968     \& }
3969     \& }
3970     .Ve
3971     .PP
3972     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
3973     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
3974     thread to continue:
3975     .PP
3976     .Vb 4
3977     \& static void
3978     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
3979     \& {
3980     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3981     \&
3982     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3983     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
3984     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
3985     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3986     \& }
3987     .Ve
3988     .PP
3989     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
3990     event loop, you will now have to lock:
3991     .PP
3992     .Vb 2
3993     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
3994     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3995     \&
3996     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
3997     \&
3998     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3999     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4000     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4001     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4002     .Ve
4003     .PP
4004     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4005     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4006     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4007     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4008 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4009 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4010     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4011     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4012     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4013     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4014     .PP
4015     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4016     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4017     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4018     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4019     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4020     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4021     .PP
4022     .Vb 2
4023     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4024     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4025     .Ve
4026     .PP
4027     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4028     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4029     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4030     .PP
4031     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4032     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4033     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4034     called):
4035     .PP
4036     .Vb 6
4037     \& void
4038     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4039     \& {
4040 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4041 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4042     \& }
4043     .Ve
4044     .PP
4045     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4046     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4047 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4048 root 1.85 .PP
4049     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4050     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4051     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4052     any waiters.
4053     .PP
4054 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4055 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4056     .PP
4057     .Vb 4
4058     \& // my_ev.h
4059     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4060 root 1.103 \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4061 root 1.85 \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4062     \&
4063     \& // my_ev.c
4064     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4065     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4066     .Ve
4067     .PP
4068     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4069     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4070     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4071 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4072     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4073     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4074     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4075 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4076 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4077     .Sp
4078     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4079     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4080     .IP "\(bu" 4
4081 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4082     .IP "\(bu" 4
4083     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4084     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4085     .IP "\(bu" 4
4086     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4087     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4088     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4089     .IP "\(bu" 4
4090     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4091     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4092     is an ev_pri field.
4093     .IP "\(bu" 4
4094 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4095 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4096 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4097 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4098     .IP "\(bu" 4
4099     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4100     to use the libev header file and library.
4101 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4102     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4103 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4104     .IX Subsection "C API"
4105     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4106     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4107     will work fine.
4108     .PP
4109     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4110     to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all
4111 root 1.95 other callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic
4112 root 1.92 reschedule callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`throw
4113     ()\*(C'\fR specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C
4114     and \*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_THROW\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4115     .PP
4116     .Vb 6
4117     \& static void
4118     \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_THROW
4119     \& {
4120     \& perror (msg);
4121     \& abort ();
4122     \& }
4123     \&
4124     \& ...
4125     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4126     .Ve
4127     .PP
4128     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4129 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4130 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4131     .PP
4132     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4133     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4134     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4135     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4136     .IX Subsection " API"
4137 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4138 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4139 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4140     .PP
4141     To use it,
4142     .PP
4143     .Vb 1
4144 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4145 root 1.13 .Ve
4146     .PP
4147 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4148     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4149     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4150     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4151     .PP
4152 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4153     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4154     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4155     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4156 root 1.41 .PP
4157 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4158     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4159     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4160     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4161     (preferably after implementing it).
4162 root 1.13 .PP
4163 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4164     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4165     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4166     .PP
4167 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4168 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4169 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4170     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4171     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4172     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4173 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4174 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4175     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4176     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4177 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4178 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4179     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4180     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4181     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4182     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4183 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4184 root 1.13 .Sp
4185     All of those classes have these methods:
4186     .RS 4
4187 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4188     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4189 root 1.13 .PD 0
4190 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4191     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4192 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4193     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4194     .PD
4195 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4196     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4197     .Sp
4198     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4199     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4200     .Sp
4201     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4202     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4203     .Sp
4204     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4205     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4206 root 1.13 .Sp
4207     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4208 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4209     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4210     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4211     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4212     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4213     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4214     .Sp
4215     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4216     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4217     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4218     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4219     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4220     .Sp
4221     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4222     .Sp
4223     .Vb 4
4224 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4225     \& {
4226     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4227     \& }
4228     \&
4229     \& myclass obj;
4230     \& ev::io iow;
4231     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4232 root 1.41 .Ve
4233 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4234     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4235     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4236     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4237     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4238     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4239     list.
4240     .Sp
4241     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4242     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4243     .Sp
4244     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4245     .Sp
4246     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4247     .Sp
4248     .Vb 7
4249     \& struct myfunctor
4250     \& {
4251     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4252     \& {
4253     \& ...
4254     \& }
4255     \& }
4256 root 1.102 \&
4257 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4258     \&
4259     \& ev::io w;
4260     \& w.set (&f);
4261     .Ve
4262 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4263     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4264 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4265     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4266     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4267     .Sp
4268 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4269     .Sp
4270 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4271 root 1.43 .Sp
4272 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4273 root 1.43 .Sp
4274     .Vb 2
4275 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4276     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4277 root 1.43 .Ve
4278 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4279     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4280 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4281     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4282 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4283     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4284 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4285     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4286     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4287     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4288     method.
4289     .Sp
4290     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4291     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4292 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4293     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4294 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4295     constructor already stores the event loop.
4296 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4297     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4298     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4299     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4300     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4301 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4302     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4303     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4304 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4305 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4306     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4307 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4308     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4309 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4310     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4311     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4312 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4313 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4314     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4315     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4316 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4317 root 1.13 .RE
4318     .RS 4
4319     .RE
4320     .PP
4321 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4322     watchers in the constructor.
4323 root 1.13 .PP
4324 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4325 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4326     \& {
4327 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4328 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4329 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4330 root 1.68 \&
4331     \& myclass (int fd)
4332     \& {
4333     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4334 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4335 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4336     \&
4337 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4338     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4339     \&
4340     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4341 root 1.68 \& }
4342     \& };
4343 root 1.13 .Ve
4344 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4345     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4346     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4347 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4348 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4349     me a note.
4350     .IP "Perl" 4
4351     .IX Item "Perl"
4352     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4353     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4354     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4355 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4356     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4357     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4358 root 1.62 .Sp
4359 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4360 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4361 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4362     .IX Item "Python"
4363     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4364 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4365 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4366     .IX Item "Ruby"
4367     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4368 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4369 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4370     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4371 root 1.75 .Sp
4372     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4373     makes rev work even on mingw.
4374 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4375     .IX Item "Haskell"
4376     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4377 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4378 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4379     .IX Item "D"
4380     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4381 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4382 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4383     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4384     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4385 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4386 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4387     .IX Item "Lua"
4388 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4389     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4390 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4391 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4392     .IX Item "Javascript"
4393     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4394     .IP "Others" 4
4395     .IX Item "Others"
4396     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4397 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4398     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4399 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4400 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4401     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4402 root 1.24 .PP
4403     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4404     following macros are defined:
4405 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4406 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4407     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4408     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4409     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4410     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4411     .Sp
4412     .Vb 3
4413 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4414     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4415 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4416 root 1.24 .Ve
4417     .Sp
4418     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4419     which is often provided by the following macro.
4420 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4421 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4422     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4423     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4424     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4425     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4426     .Sp
4427     .Vb 2
4428 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4429     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4430 root 1.60 \&
4431 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4432     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4433 root 1.24 .Ve
4434     .Sp
4435     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4436     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4437 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4438 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4439     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4440     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4441 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4442     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4443     .Sp
4444     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4445     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4446 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4447 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4448     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4449     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4450     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4451     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4452     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4453     .Sp
4454     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4455     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4456 root 1.24 .PP
4457 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4458 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4459 root 1.36 or not.
4460 root 1.24 .PP
4461     .Vb 5
4462 root 1.68 \& static void
4463     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4464     \& {
4465     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4466     \& }
4467     \&
4468     \& ev_check check;
4469     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4470     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4471 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4472 root 1.24 .Ve
4473 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4474     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4475     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4476     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4477     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4478 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4479 root 1.14 .PP
4480 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4481 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4482     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4483     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4484 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4485 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4486     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4487 root 1.68 in your application.
4488 root 1.14 .PP
4489 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4490 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4491     .PP
4492     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4493     configuration (no autoconf):
4494     .PP
4495     .Vb 2
4496 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4497     \& #include "ev.c"
4498 root 1.14 .Ve
4499     .PP
4500     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4501     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4502 root 1.100 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API \s0(best
4503 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4504     where you can put other configuration options):
4505     .PP
4506     .Vb 2
4507 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4508     \& #include "ev.h"
4509 root 1.14 .Ve
4510     .PP
4511     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4512 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4513 root 1.14 as a bug).
4514     .PP
4515     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4516     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4517     .PP
4518     .Vb 4
4519 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4520     \& ev.c
4521     \& ev_vars.h
4522     \& ev_wrap.h
4523     \&
4524     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4525     \&
4526     \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
4527     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4528     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4529     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4530     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4531 root 1.14 .Ve
4532     .PP
4533     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4534 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4535 root 1.14 .PP
4536 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4537 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4538     .PP
4539 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4540 root 1.14 .PP
4541     .Vb 1
4542 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4543 root 1.14 .Ve
4544     .PP
4545     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4546     .PP
4547     .Vb 1
4548 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4549 root 1.14 .Ve
4550     .PP
4551 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4552 root 1.14 .PP
4553     You need the following additional files for this:
4554     .PP
4555     .Vb 2
4556 root 1.68 \& event.h
4557     \& event.c
4558 root 1.14 .Ve
4559     .PP
4560 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4561 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4562     .PP
4563 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4564 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4565 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4566     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4567 root 1.14 .PP
4568     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4569     .PP
4570     .Vb 1
4571 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4572 root 1.14 .Ve
4573 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4574 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4575 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4576 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4577     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4578     .PP
4579 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4580 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4581     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4582 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4583 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4584     settings.
4585 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3 \s0(h)" 4
4586 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4587     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4588     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4589     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4590     .Sp
4591     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4592     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4593     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4594     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4595     typedef in that case.
4596     .Sp
4597     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4598     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4599     removed completely.
4600 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE \s0(h)" 4
4601 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4602 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4603     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4604     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4605     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4606     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4607 root 1.75 .Sp
4608 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4609 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4610 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4611     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4612     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4613     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4614     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4615     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4616     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4617     this.
4618 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4619     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4620     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4621 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4622     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4623     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4624     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4625 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4626 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4627 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4628     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4629     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4630 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4631     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4632     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4633     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4634     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4635     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4636     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4637 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4638     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4639     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4640     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4641     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4642     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4643     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4644     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4645     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4646     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4647 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4648     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4649     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4650     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4651 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4652     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4653     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4654     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4655     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4656     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4657     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4658 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4659     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4660     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4661 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4662 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4663     will not be compiled in.
4664     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4665     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4666     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4667     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4668 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4669     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4670     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4671     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4672     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4673 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4674     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4675     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4676     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4677     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4678     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4679     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4680     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4681     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4682 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4683     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4684 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4685     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4686     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4687     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4688     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4689 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4690     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4691     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4692     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4693     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4694     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4695     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4696     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4697     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4698     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4699     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4700     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4701 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4702     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4703     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4704     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4705     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4706 root 1.95 environments.
4707 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4708     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4709     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4710     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4711     takes precedence over select.
4712     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4713     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4714     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4715     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4716 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4717     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4718     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4719 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4720     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4721     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4722     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4723     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4724     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4725     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4726     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4727     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4728 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4729 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4730     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4731     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4732     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4733     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4734     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4735     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4736     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4737     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4738 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4739 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4740     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4741     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4742     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4743 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4744     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4745 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4746     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4747     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4748     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4749     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4750     and makes libev faster.
4751     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4752     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4753 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4754     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4755     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4756     libev faster.
4757 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4758     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4759     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4760 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4761     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4762     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4763     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4764     watchers.
4765 root 1.61 .Sp
4766 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4767 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4768 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_H \s0(h)" 4
4769 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4770 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4771 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4772     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4773 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H \s0(h)" 4
4774 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4775 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4776     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4777     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4778 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H \s0(h)" 4
4779 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4780 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4781 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4782 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES \s0(h)" 4
4783 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4784 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4785     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4786     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4787     around libev functions.
4788     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4789     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4790     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4791     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4792     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4793     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4794     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4795 root 1.88 .Sp
4796     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4797     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4798     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4799 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4800     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4801     .PD 0
4802     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4803     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4804     .PD
4805     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4806     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4807     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4808     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4809     .Sp
4810     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4811     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4812     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4813     fine.
4814     .Sp
4815 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4816 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4817     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4818 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4819     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4820     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4821     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4822     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4823     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4824 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4825 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4826     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4827     that can be enabled on the platform.
4828     .Sp
4829     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4830     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4831     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4832     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4833     backend, use this:
4834     .Sp
4835     .Vb 5
4836     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4837     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4838     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4839     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4840     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4841     .Ve
4842     .Sp
4843     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4844 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4845 root 1.82 .RS 4
4846     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4847     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4848     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4849     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4850     .Sp
4851     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4852     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4853     .Sp
4854     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4855     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4856     assertions.
4857 root 1.91 .Sp
4858     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4859     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4860 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4861     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4862     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4863     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4864     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4865     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4866     runtime.
4867 root 1.91 .Sp
4868     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4869     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4870 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4871     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4872     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4873     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4874     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4875     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4876     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4877     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4878     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4879     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4880     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4881     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4882     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4883     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4884     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4885     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4886     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4887     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4888     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4889     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4890     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4891     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4892     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4893     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4894     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4895     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4896     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4897     default.
4898     .RE
4899     .RS 4
4900     .Sp
4901     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4902     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4903     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4904     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4905     .Sp
4906     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4907     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4908     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4909     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4910     .RE
4911 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
4912     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
4913     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
4914     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
4915     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
4916     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
4917     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
4918     .Sp
4919     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
4920     wants to use libev.
4921     .Sp
4922     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
4923     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
4924 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4925     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4926     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4927     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4928     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4929     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4930     big.
4931     .Sp
4932     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4933     enabled.
4934 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4935     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4936     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4937     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4938     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4939     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4940 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4941 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4942 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4943     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4944     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4945 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4946     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4947     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4948 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4949     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4950 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4951 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4952     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4953     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4954     power of two).
4955 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4956     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4957     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4958 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4959     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4960     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4961 root 1.65 .Sp
4962 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4963     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4964 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4965     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4966     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4967 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4968 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4969     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4970 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4971 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4972 root 1.65 .Sp
4973 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4974     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4975 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4976     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4977 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4978 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4979     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4980     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4981     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4982     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4983     libev considerably.
4984     .Sp
4985 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4986     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4987 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4988     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4989     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4990 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4991 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4992     though, and it must be identical each time.
4993     .Sp
4994     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4995     .Sp
4996     .Vb 3
4997 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4998     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
4999     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
5000 root 1.14 .Ve
5001 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE \s0(type)" 4
5002 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5003 root 1.14 .PD 0
5004 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE \s0(watcher, revents)" 4
5005 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5006     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5007     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5008 root 1.14 .PD
5009     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5010     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5011 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5012 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5013 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5014     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5015 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5016 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5017 root 1.100 If you need to re-export the \s-1API \s0(e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5018 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5019     all public symbols, one per line:
5020 root 1.60 .PP
5021 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5022 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5023     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5024 root 1.53 .Ve
5025 root 1.60 .PP
5026 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5027     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5028 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5029 root 1.60 .PP
5030 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5031 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5032 root 1.60 .PP
5033 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5034 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5035 root 1.53 .Ve
5036 root 1.60 .PP
5037 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5038 root 1.60 .PP
5039 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5040     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5041     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5042     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5043     \& ...
5044     .Ve
5045 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5046 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5047     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5048     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5049     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5050     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5051     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5052     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5053     file.
5054 root 1.60 .PP
5055 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5056 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5057 root 1.60 .PP
5058 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5059     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5060     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5061     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5062     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5063     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5064     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5065     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5066 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5067 root 1.60 \&
5068 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5069 root 1.14 .Ve
5070 root 1.60 .PP
5071 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5072 root 1.60 .PP
5073 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5074 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5075     \& #include "ev.c"
5076 root 1.14 .Ve
5077 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5078     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5079 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5080 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5081     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5082 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5083 root 1.72 .PP
5084 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5085 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5086     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5087     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5088     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5089     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5090 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5091     .PP
5092     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5093     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5094     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5095     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5096     a mutex per loop).
5097     .PP
5098     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5099     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5100     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5101     outside\*(R".
5102 root 1.64 .PP
5103 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5104     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5105 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5106 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5107     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5108 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5109 root 1.64 .Sp
5110     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5111     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5112     .IP "\(bu" 4
5113     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5114     .Sp
5115     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5116     exists, but it is always a good start.
5117     .IP "\(bu" 4
5118     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5119 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5120 root 1.64 .Sp
5121 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5122 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5123     .IP "\(bu" 4
5124     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5125 root 1.71 event loop.
5126     .Sp
5127     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5128     (or from signal contexts...).
5129     .Sp
5130     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5131     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5132     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5133     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5134 root 1.72 .PP
5135 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5136 root 1.79 .PP
5137 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5138 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5139 root 1.72 .PP
5140     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5141     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5142 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5143 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5144     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5145     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5146 root 1.64 .PP
5147 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5148 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5149 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5150 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5151 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5152     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5153     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5154     scared by this.
5155     .PP
5156     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5157     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5158     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5159     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5160     .PP
5161     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5162     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5163     maintainable.
5164     .PP
5165     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5166     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5167     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5168 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5169 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5170     such buggy versions.
5171     .PP
5172     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5173     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5174     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5175     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5176     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5177 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5178 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5179     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5180     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5181     .PP
5182     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5183     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5184     .PP
5185     .Vb 3
5186     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5187     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5188     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5189     .Ve
5190     .PP
5191     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5192 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5193 root 1.72 .PP
5194     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5195     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5196     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5197     confused.
5198     .PP
5199     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5200     make it into some kind of religion.
5201     .PP
5202     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5203     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5204     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5205     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5206     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5207 root 1.60 .PP
5208 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5209     I suggest using suppression lists.
5210     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5211     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5212 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5213 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5214     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5215     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5216     .PP
5217     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5218     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5219     .PP
5220     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5221 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5222 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5223     .PP
5224     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5225     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5226     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5227 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5228 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5229     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5230     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5231     OpenGL drivers.
5232     .PP
5233     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5234     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5235     .PP
5236     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5237     only sockets, many support pipes.
5238     .PP
5239     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5240     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5241     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5242     probably going to work well.
5243     .PP
5244     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5245     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5246     .PP
5247     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5248     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5249     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5250     .PP
5251     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5252     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5253     a loop.
5254     .PP
5255     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5256     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5257     .PP
5258     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5259 root 1.100 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X, \s0\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5260 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5261     you use more.
5262     .PP
5263     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5264     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5265 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5266     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5267 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5268     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5269     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5270     .PP
5271     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5272     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5273     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5274     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5275     .PP
5276     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5277     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5278     .PP
5279     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5280     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5281     .PP
5282     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5283     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5284     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5285     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5286     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5287     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5288     great.
5289     .PP
5290     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5291     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5292     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5293 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5294 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5295     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5296     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5297     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5298 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5299     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5300 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5301 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5302     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5303     .PP
5304 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5305     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5306     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5307     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5308     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5309 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5310 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5311 root 1.82 environment.
5312 root 1.60 .PP
5313 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5314 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5315     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5316     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5317 root 1.65 .PP
5318 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5319     embedding it into other applications.
5320     .PP
5321 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5322     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5323     .PP
5324 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5325     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5326     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5327     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5328 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5329 root 1.68 available).
5330     .PP
5331 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5332     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5333     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5334     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5335 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5336 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5337 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5338 root 1.68 .PP
5339     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5340     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5341     of \fIev.h\fR:
5342     .PP
5343     .Vb 2
5344     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5345     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5346     \&
5347     \& #include "ev.h"
5348     .Ve
5349     .PP
5350     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5351 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5352 root 1.68 .PP
5353     .Vb 2
5354     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5355     \& #include "ev.c"
5356     .Ve
5357 root 1.82 .PP
5358     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5359     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5360     .PP
5361 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5362     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5363     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5364 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5365     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5366 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5367     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5368 root 1.82 .PP
5369 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5370 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5371 root 1.82 .PP
5372 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5373 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5374     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5375 root 1.60 .Ve
5376 root 1.82 .PP
5377 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5378 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5379 root 1.82 .PP
5380     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5381     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5382     .PP
5383 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5384 root 1.82 .PP
5385 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5386     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5387 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5388 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5389 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5390 root 1.82 .PP
5391 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5392     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5393 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5394     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5395 root 1.82 .PP
5396 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5397 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5398     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5399     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5400     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5401     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5402     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5403     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5404 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5405     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5406 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5407     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5408     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5409 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5410 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5411     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5412     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5413 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5414 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5415     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5416     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5417 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5418     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5419     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5420     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5421 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5422     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5423     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5424     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5425 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5426 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5427     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5428     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5429     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5430     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5431     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5432     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5433     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5434     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5435     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5436     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5437     .Sp
5438     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5439 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5440     thread as well.
5441 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5442     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5443     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5444 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5445 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5446     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5447     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5448     watchers.
5449 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5450     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5451     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5452     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5453 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5454     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5455     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5456 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5457 root 1.88 .Sp
5458 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5459 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5460     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5461     something like that, just kidding).
5462 root 1.65 .PP
5463     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5464 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5465     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5466     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5467     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5468     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5469 root 1.67 .PP
5470 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5471     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5472     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5473     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5474     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5475     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5476     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5477     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5478     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5479     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5480     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5481     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5482     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5483     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5484     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5485     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5486     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5487     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5488     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5489     .PD 0
5490     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5491     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5492     .PD
5493     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5494     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5495     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5496     is rare).
5497     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5498     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5499     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5500     fixed position in the storage array.
5501     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5502     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5503     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5504     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5505     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5506     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5507     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5508     .PD 0
5509     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5510     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5511     .PD
5512     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5513     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5514     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5515     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5516     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5517     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5518     .PD 0
5519     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5520     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5521     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5522     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5523     .PD
5524     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5525 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5526     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5527     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5528 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5529     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5530 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5531 root 1.82 .PP
5532     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5533     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5534     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5535     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5536     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5537     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5538     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5539     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5540 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5541 root 1.82 section.
5542     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5543     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5544     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5545     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5546     .Sp
5547     .Vb 2
5548     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5549     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5550     .Ve
5551     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5552     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5553     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5554     .Sp
5555     .Vb 3
5556     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5557     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5558     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5559     \&
5560     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5561     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5562     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5563     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5564     \&
5565     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5566     \&
5567     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5568     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5569     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5570     .Ve
5571     .Sp
5572     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5573     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5574     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5575     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5576     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5577     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5578     typedef.
5579     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5580     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5581     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5582     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5583     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5584     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5585 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5586     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5587     .IP "active" 4
5588     .IX Item "active"
5589 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5590 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5591 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5592     .IX Item "application"
5593     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5594 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5595     .IX Item "backend"
5596     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5597 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5598     .IX Item "callback"
5599     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5600     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5601     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5602 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5603     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5604 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5605     .IP "event" 4
5606     .IX Item "event"
5607     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5608     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5609     any other events happening anymore.
5610     .Sp
5611     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5612 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5613 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5614     .IX Item "event library"
5615     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5616     .IP "event loop" 4
5617     .IX Item "event loop"
5618     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5619     into callback invocations.
5620     .IP "event model" 4
5621     .IX Item "event model"
5622     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5623     watchers and events.
5624     .IP "pending" 4
5625     .IX Item "pending"
5626 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5627 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5628 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5629     .IX Item "real time"
5630     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5631     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5632     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5633     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5634 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5635 root 1.78 clock.
5636     .IP "watcher" 4
5637     .IX Item "watcher"
5638     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5639     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5640 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5641     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5642 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5643 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.